# Source: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/envoyproxy/gateway/refs/tags/v{version}/charts/gateway-helm/crds/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
# Version: 1.4.2
# Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
#
# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
# You may obtain a copy of the License at
#
#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
#
# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
# limitations under the License.

#
# Gateway API Experimental channel install
#
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  labels:
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct
  name: backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: BackendTLSPolicy
    listKind: BackendTLSPolicyList
    plural: backendtlspolicies
    shortNames:
    - btlspolicy
    singular: backendtlspolicy
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha3
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway
          connects to a Backend via TLS.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy.
            properties:
              options:
                additionalProperties:
                  description: |-
                    AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                    for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                    annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                    on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                  maxLength: 4096
                  minLength: 0
                  type: string
                description: |-
                  Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
                  configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
                  minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.

                  A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
                  any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
                  domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
                  Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.

                  Support: Implementation-specific
                maxProperties: 16
                type: object
              targetRefs:
                description: |-
                  TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to.
                  Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support
                  additional objects, with Implementation Specific support.
                  Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource
                  by default, but this default may change in the future to provide
                  a more granular application of the policy.

                  TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy.
                  * They select different sectionNames in the same target.

                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                items:
                  description: |-
                    LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a
                    direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can
                    target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment
                    mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment
                    documentation for Gateway API.

                    Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references
                    to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases,
                    LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      description: Group is the group of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      description: Kind is kind of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: Name is the name of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When
                        unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following
                        resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name
                        * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name
                        * Service: Port name

                        If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object,
                        the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record
                        a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - group
                  - kind
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same target
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName
                    == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == ''''))
                    : true))'
                - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or
                    more references to the same target
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) ||
                    p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName))))
              validation:
                description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration.
                properties:
                  caCertificateRefs:
                    description: |-
                      CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that
                      contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to
                      validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod.

                      If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be
                      specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified,
                      not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for
                      WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation.

                      References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid for the
                      moment, although we will revisit this in the future.

                      A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support.
                      Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
                      a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                      Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap,
                      with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.

                      Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
                      of resources).
                    items:
                      description: |-
                        LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the
                        referrer.
                        The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                        be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                        References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                        be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                        on the containing object.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute"
                            or "Service".
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - group
                      - kind
                      - name
                      type: object
                    maxItems: 8
                    type: array
                  hostname:
                    description: |-
                      Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and
                      backends:

                      1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066).
                      2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified.
                         authentication and MUST match the certificate served by the matching
                         backend.

                      Support: Core
                    maxLength: 253
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                    type: string
                  subjectAltNames:
                    description: |-
                      SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names.
                      When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST
                      have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames.

                      Support: Extended
                    items:
                      description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name.
                      properties:
                        hostname:
                          description: |-
                            Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format.
                            Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        type:
                          description: |-
                            Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required.

                            Support: Core
                          enum:
                          - Hostname
                          - URI
                          type: string
                        uri:
                          description: |-
                            URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format.
                            It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part.
                            Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa".
                            Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - type
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if
                          Type is set to Hostname
                        rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) ||
                          self.hostname == ""))'
                      - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname,
                          if Type is not set to Hostname
                        rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) &&
                          self.hostname != "")'
                      - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type
                          is set to URI
                        rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri
                          == ""))'
                      - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type
                          is not set to URI
                        rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri !=
                          "")'
                    maxItems: 5
                    type: array
                  wellKnownCACertificates:
                    description: |-
                      WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in
                      the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod.

                      If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs
                      must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of
                      CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. If an
                      implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field or the value
                      supplied is not supported, the Status Conditions on the Policy MUST be
                      updated to include an Accepted: False Condition with Reason: Invalid.

                      Support: Implementation-specific
                    enum:
                    - System
                    type: string
                required:
                - hostname
                type: object
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates
                  rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs)
                    > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates
                    != "")'
                - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates
                  rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs)
                    > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates
                    != "")
            required:
            - targetRefs
            - validation
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy.
            properties:
              ancestors:
                description: |-
                  Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to
                  each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when
                  the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as
                  appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified.

                  Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers;
                  an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at
                  which to namespace this status.

                  Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for
                  the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST
                  use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list
                  that they are responsible for.

                  Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs
                  MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef
                  and ControllerName fields combined.

                  A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors.

                  If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries.
                  Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that
                  on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced
                  here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no
                  additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by
                  the BackendTLSPolicy.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Ancestor.

                    Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it
                    in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the
                    Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and
                    the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most
                    useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations
                    SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers
                    have a _very_ good reason otherwise.

                    In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which
                    resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy
                    targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway.

                    Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the
                    ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same
                    Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying
                    implementations.

                    For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is
                    used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway.
                    In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the
                    ancestor object referred to in this status.

                    Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the
                    relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used.

                    This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map,
                    with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName.
                  properties:
                    ancestorRef:
                      description: |-
                        AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                    conditions:
                      description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with
                        respect to the given Ancestor.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - ancestorRef
                  - controllerName
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
            required:
            - ancestors
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: GatewayClass
    listKind: GatewayClassList
    plural: gatewayclasses
    shortNames:
    - gc
    singular: gatewayclass
  scope: Cluster
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
      name: Controller
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
      name: Accepted
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    - jsonPath: .spec.description
      name: Description
      priority: 1
      type: string
    name: v1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
          Gateway resources.

          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.

          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
          Gateway is not deleted while in use.

          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
            properties:
              controllerName:
                description: |-
                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.

                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.

                  Support: Core
                maxLength: 253
                minLength: 1
                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                type: string
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: Value is immutable
                  rule: self == oldSelf
              description:
                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
                maxLength: 64
                type: string
              parametersRef:
                description: |-
                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
                  controller does not require any additional configuration.

                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.

                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
                  "InvalidParameters" reason.

                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.

                  Support: Implementation-specific
                properties:
                  group:
                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                    type: string
                  kind:
                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                  name:
                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    minLength: 1
                    type: string
                  namespace:
                    description: |-
                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                required:
                - group
                - kind
                - name
                type: object
            required:
            - controllerName
            type: object
          status:
            default:
              conditions:
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Accepted
            description: |-
              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.

              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
              specify their controller name.
            properties:
              conditions:
                default:
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Accepted
                description: |-
                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
                  this GatewayClass.

                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
                items:
                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
                    state of this API Resource.
                  properties:
                    lastTransitionTime:
                      description: |-
                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                      format: date-time
                      type: string
                    message:
                      description: |-
                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                        This may be an empty string.
                      maxLength: 32768
                      type: string
                    observedGeneration:
                      description: |-
                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
                      format: int64
                      minimum: 0
                      type: integer
                    reason:
                      description: |-
                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
                        This field may not be empty.
                      maxLength: 1024
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                      type: string
                    status:
                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                      enum:
                      - "True"
                      - "False"
                      - Unknown
                      type: string
                    type:
                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                      maxLength: 316
                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - lastTransitionTime
                  - message
                  - reason
                  - status
                  - type
                  type: object
                maxItems: 8
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - type
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
              supportedFeatures:
                description: |-
                  SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support.
                  It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key.
                items:
                  properties:
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by
                        conformance tests.
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
      name: Controller
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
      name: Accepted
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    - jsonPath: .spec.description
      name: Description
      priority: 1
      type: string
    name: v1beta1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
          Gateway resources.

          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.

          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
          Gateway is not deleted while in use.

          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
            properties:
              controllerName:
                description: |-
                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.

                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.

                  Support: Core
                maxLength: 253
                minLength: 1
                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                type: string
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: Value is immutable
                  rule: self == oldSelf
              description:
                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
                maxLength: 64
                type: string
              parametersRef:
                description: |-
                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
                  controller does not require any additional configuration.

                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.

                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
                  "InvalidParameters" reason.

                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.

                  Support: Implementation-specific
                properties:
                  group:
                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                    type: string
                  kind:
                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                  name:
                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    minLength: 1
                    type: string
                  namespace:
                    description: |-
                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                required:
                - group
                - kind
                - name
                type: object
            required:
            - controllerName
            type: object
          status:
            default:
              conditions:
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Accepted
            description: |-
              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.

              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
              specify their controller name.
            properties:
              conditions:
                default:
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Accepted
                description: |-
                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
                  this GatewayClass.

                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
                items:
                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
                    state of this API Resource.
                  properties:
                    lastTransitionTime:
                      description: |-
                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                      format: date-time
                      type: string
                    message:
                      description: |-
                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                        This may be an empty string.
                      maxLength: 32768
                      type: string
                    observedGeneration:
                      description: |-
                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
                      format: int64
                      minimum: 0
                      type: integer
                    reason:
                      description: |-
                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
                        This field may not be empty.
                      maxLength: 1024
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                      type: string
                    status:
                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                      enum:
                      - "True"
                      - "False"
                      - Unknown
                      type: string
                    type:
                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                      maxLength: 316
                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - lastTransitionTime
                  - message
                  - reason
                  - status
                  - type
                  type: object
                maxItems: 8
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - type
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
              supportedFeatures:
                description: |-
                  SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support.
                  It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key.
                items:
                  properties:
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by
                        conformance tests.
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: false
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: Gateway
    listKind: GatewayList
    plural: gateways
    shortNames:
    - gtw
    singular: gateway
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
      name: Class
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
      name: Address
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
      name: Programmed
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
            properties:
              addresses:
                description: |-
                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.

                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
                  be sent to.

                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
                  set of Addresses.

                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.

                  Support: Extended
                items:
                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
                    bound to a Gateway.
                  oneOf:
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        enum:
                        - IPAddress
                      value:
                        anyOf:
                        - format: ipv4
                        - format: ipv6
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        not:
                          enum:
                          - IPAddress
                  properties:
                    type:
                      default: IPAddress
                      description: Type of the address.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    value:
                      description: |-
                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.

                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".

                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
                      maxLength: 253
                      type: string
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
                      true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
                - message: Hostname values must be unique
                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
              allowedListeners:
                description: |-
                  AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
                  While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
                properties:
                  namespaces:
                    default:
                      from: None
                    description: |-
                      Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
                      While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
                    properties:
                      from:
                        default: None
                        description: |-
                          From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible
                          values are:

                          * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed

                          While this feature is experimental, the default value None
                        enum:
                        - All
                        - Selector
                        - Same
                        - None
                        type: string
                      selector:
                        description: |-
                          Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
                          only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
                          Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
                        properties:
                          matchExpressions:
                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector
                              requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
                                relates the key and values.
                              properties:
                                key:
                                  description: key is the label key that the selector
                                    applies to.
                                  type: string
                                operator:
                                  description: |-
                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
                                  type: string
                                values:
                                  description: |-
                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
                                    merge patch.
                                  items:
                                    type: string
                                  type: array
                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                              required:
                              - key
                              - operator
                              type: object
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                          matchLabels:
                            additionalProperties:
                              type: string
                            description: |-
                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
                            type: object
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                    type: object
                type: object
              backendTLS:
                description: |-
                  BackendTLS configures TLS settings for when this Gateway is connecting to
                  backends with TLS.

                  Support: Core
                properties:
                  clientCertificateRef:
                    description: |-
                      ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client
                      Certificate and the associated private key.

                      References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                      is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                      to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                      "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                      "RefNotPermitted" reason.

                      ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
                      Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.

                      This setting can be overridden on the service level by use of BackendTLSPolicy.

                      Support: Core
                    properties:
                      group:
                        default: ""
                        description: |-
                          Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                          When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                        maxLength: 253
                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                        type: string
                      kind:
                        default: Secret
                        description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Secret".
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                      name:
                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        minLength: 1
                        type: string
                      namespace:
                        description: |-
                          Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                          namespace is inferred.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                          a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.

                          Support: Core
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                    required:
                    - name
                    type: object
                type: object
              gatewayClassName:
                description: |-
                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
                  GatewayClass resource.
                maxLength: 253
                minLength: 1
                type: string
              infrastructure:
                description: |-
                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.

                  Support: Extended
                properties:
                  annotations:
                    additionalProperties:
                      description: |-
                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                      maxLength: 4096
                      minLength: 0
                      type: string
                    description: |-
                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.

                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.

                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.

                      Support: Extended
                    maxProperties: 8
                    type: object
                    x-kubernetes-validations:
                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
                        up to 63 characters.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
                  labels:
                    additionalProperties:
                      description: |-
                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
                        label validation rules:
                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.

                        Valid values include:

                        * MyValue
                        * my.name
                        * 123-my-value
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 0
                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    description: |-
                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.

                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.

                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.

                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.

                      Support: Extended
                    maxProperties: 8
                    type: object
                    x-kubernetes-validations:
                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
                  parametersRef:
                    description: |-
                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
                      controller does not require any additional configuration.

                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis

                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.

                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
                      "InvalidParameters" reason.

                      Support: Implementation-specific
                    properties:
                      group:
                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                        type: string
                      kind:
                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                      name:
                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        minLength: 1
                        type: string
                    required:
                    - group
                    - kind
                    - name
                    type: object
                type: object
              listeners:
                description: |-
                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.

                  ## Distinct Listeners

                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
                  apply in that case).

                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.

                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
                  they support:

                  HTTPRoute

                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided

                  TLSRoute

                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough

                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:

                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
                  Listener**.

                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
                  Listener fields.

                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
                  values for other fields.

                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
                  Gateway API spec.

                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:

                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port

                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
                  implementation:

                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
                    Listeners, and
                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
                    Protocol.

                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.

                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
                  accepted.

                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.

                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname

                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.

                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.

                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.

                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.

                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.

                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners

                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".

                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
                  purpose of this documentation.

                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
                  no Conflicted Listeners.

                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
                  the following rules:

                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.

                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.

                  ## General Listener behavior

                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).

                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.

                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
                  conformance tests.

                  ## Compatible Listeners

                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:

                  1. They are distinct.
                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
                     addresses.

                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
                  may not be compatible for another.

                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.

                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.

                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
                    network connections.
                  properties:
                    allowedRoutes:
                      default:
                        namespaces:
                          from: Same
                      description: |-
                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
                        present.

                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria:

                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.

                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.

                        Support: Core
                      properties:
                        kinds:
                          description: |-
                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.

                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.

                            Support: Core
                          items:
                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
                              of a Route resource.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - kind
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 8
                          type: array
                        namespaces:
                          default:
                            from: Same
                          description: |-
                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            from:
                              default: Same
                              description: |-
                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
                                values are:

                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
                                  this Gateway.
                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.

                                Support: Core
                              enum:
                              - All
                              - Selector
                              - Same
                              type: string
                            selector:
                              description: |-
                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".

                                Support: Core
                              properties:
                                matchExpressions:
                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
                                  items:
                                    description: |-
                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
                                      relates the key and values.
                                    properties:
                                      key:
                                        description: key is the label key that the
                                          selector applies to.
                                        type: string
                                      operator:
                                        description: |-
                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
                                        type: string
                                      values:
                                        description: |-
                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
                                          merge patch.
                                        items:
                                          type: string
                                        type: array
                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                    required:
                                    - key
                                    - operator
                                    type: object
                                  type: array
                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                matchLabels:
                                  additionalProperties:
                                    type: string
                                  description: |-
                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
                                  type: object
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                          type: object
                      type: object
                    hostname:
                      description: |-
                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
                        matching.

                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
                        the following protocols:

                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.

                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
                        hostnames within the application protocol.

                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.

                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:

                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
                          does not match the Host:
                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
                              421.
                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
                              404.

                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
                        documentation.

                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
                        Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.

                        Support: Core
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    protocol:
                      description: |-
                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 255
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
                      type: string
                    tls:
                      description: |-
                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".

                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.

                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.

                        Support: Core
                      properties:
                        certificateRefs:
                          description: |-
                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
                            associated listener.

                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.

                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.

                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.

                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls

                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
                          items:
                            description: |-
                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
                              defaulting to Secret.

                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                              on the containing object.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: ""
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                default: Secret
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "Secret".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                              namespace:
                                description: |-
                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                  namespace is inferred.

                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                  documentation for details.

                                  Support: Core
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - name
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 64
                          type: array
                        frontendValidation:
                          description: |-
                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          properties:
                            caCertificateRefs:
                              description: |-
                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.

                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                has "Core" support.
                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.

                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
                                of resources).

                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
                              items:
                                description: |-
                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.

                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                                  on the containing object.
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - group
                                - kind
                                - name
                                type: object
                              maxItems: 8
                              minItems: 1
                              type: array
                          type: object
                        mode:
                          default: Terminate
                          description: |-
                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
                            There are two possible modes:

                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
                              field.
                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
                              is ignored in this mode.

                            Support: Core
                          enum:
                          - Terminate
                          - Passthrough
                          type: string
                        options:
                          additionalProperties:
                            description: |-
                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                            maxLength: 4096
                            minLength: 0
                            type: string
                          description: |-
                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.

                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxProperties: 16
                          type: object
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
                          mode is Terminate
                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
                  required:
                  - name
                  - port
                  - protocol
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
                    'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
                    for each listener
                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
            required:
            - gatewayClassName
            - listeners
            type: object
          status:
            default:
              conditions:
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Accepted
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Programmed
            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
            properties:
              addresses:
                description: |-
                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
                  Gateway.

                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
                  conditions:

                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
                items:
                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
                    is bound to a Gateway.
                  oneOf:
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        enum:
                        - IPAddress
                      value:
                        anyOf:
                        - format: ipv4
                        - format: ipv6
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        not:
                          enum:
                          - IPAddress
                  properties:
                    type:
                      default: IPAddress
                      description: Type of the address.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    value:
                      description: |-
                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
                        on the type and support by the controller.

                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - value
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
                      true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              conditions:
                default:
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Accepted
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Programmed
                description: |-
                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.

                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.

                  Known condition types are:

                  * "Accepted"
                  * "Programmed"
                  * "Ready"
                items:
                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
                    state of this API Resource.
                  properties:
                    lastTransitionTime:
                      description: |-
                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                      format: date-time
                      type: string
                    message:
                      description: |-
                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                        This may be an empty string.
                      maxLength: 32768
                      type: string
                    observedGeneration:
                      description: |-
                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
                      format: int64
                      minimum: 0
                      type: integer
                    reason:
                      description: |-
                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
                        This field may not be empty.
                      maxLength: 1024
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                      type: string
                    status:
                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                      enum:
                      - "True"
                      - "False"
                      - Unknown
                      type: string
                    type:
                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                      maxLength: 316
                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - lastTransitionTime
                  - message
                  - reason
                  - status
                  - type
                  type: object
                maxItems: 8
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - type
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
              listeners:
                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
                  defined in the Spec.
                items:
                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
                  properties:
                    attachedRoutes:
                      description: |-
                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
                        successfully attached to this Listener.

                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.

                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
                      format: int32
                      type: integer
                    conditions:
                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
                        listener.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    name:
                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
                        corresponds to.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    supportedKinds:
                      description: |-
                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
                        that Listener configuration.

                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
                      items:
                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
                          a Route resource.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - kind
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                  required:
                  - attachedRoutes
                  - conditions
                  - name
                  - supportedKinds
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
      name: Class
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
      name: Address
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
      name: Programmed
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1beta1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
            properties:
              addresses:
                description: |-
                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.

                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
                  be sent to.

                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
                  set of Addresses.

                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.

                  Support: Extended
                items:
                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
                    bound to a Gateway.
                  oneOf:
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        enum:
                        - IPAddress
                      value:
                        anyOf:
                        - format: ipv4
                        - format: ipv6
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        not:
                          enum:
                          - IPAddress
                  properties:
                    type:
                      default: IPAddress
                      description: Type of the address.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    value:
                      description: |-
                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.

                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".

                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
                      maxLength: 253
                      type: string
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
                      true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
                - message: Hostname values must be unique
                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
              allowedListeners:
                description: |-
                  AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
                  While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
                properties:
                  namespaces:
                    default:
                      from: None
                    description: |-
                      Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
                      While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
                    properties:
                      from:
                        default: None
                        description: |-
                          From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible
                          values are:

                          * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway.
                          * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed

                          While this feature is experimental, the default value None
                        enum:
                        - All
                        - Selector
                        - Same
                        - None
                        type: string
                      selector:
                        description: |-
                          Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
                          only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
                          Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
                        properties:
                          matchExpressions:
                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector
                              requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
                                relates the key and values.
                              properties:
                                key:
                                  description: key is the label key that the selector
                                    applies to.
                                  type: string
                                operator:
                                  description: |-
                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
                                  type: string
                                values:
                                  description: |-
                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
                                    merge patch.
                                  items:
                                    type: string
                                  type: array
                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                              required:
                              - key
                              - operator
                              type: object
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                          matchLabels:
                            additionalProperties:
                              type: string
                            description: |-
                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
                            type: object
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                    type: object
                type: object
              backendTLS:
                description: |-
                  BackendTLS configures TLS settings for when this Gateway is connecting to
                  backends with TLS.

                  Support: Core
                properties:
                  clientCertificateRef:
                    description: |-
                      ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client
                      Certificate and the associated private key.

                      References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                      is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                      to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                      "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                      "RefNotPermitted" reason.

                      ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
                      Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.

                      This setting can be overridden on the service level by use of BackendTLSPolicy.

                      Support: Core
                    properties:
                      group:
                        default: ""
                        description: |-
                          Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                          When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                        maxLength: 253
                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                        type: string
                      kind:
                        default: Secret
                        description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Secret".
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                      name:
                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        minLength: 1
                        type: string
                      namespace:
                        description: |-
                          Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                          namespace is inferred.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                          a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.

                          Support: Core
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                    required:
                    - name
                    type: object
                type: object
              gatewayClassName:
                description: |-
                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
                  GatewayClass resource.
                maxLength: 253
                minLength: 1
                type: string
              infrastructure:
                description: |-
                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.

                  Support: Extended
                properties:
                  annotations:
                    additionalProperties:
                      description: |-
                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                      maxLength: 4096
                      minLength: 0
                      type: string
                    description: |-
                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.

                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.

                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.

                      Support: Extended
                    maxProperties: 8
                    type: object
                    x-kubernetes-validations:
                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
                        up to 63 characters.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
                  labels:
                    additionalProperties:
                      description: |-
                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
                        label validation rules:
                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.

                        Valid values include:

                        * MyValue
                        * my.name
                        * 123-my-value
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 0
                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    description: |-
                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.

                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.

                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.

                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.

                      Support: Extended
                    maxProperties: 8
                    type: object
                    x-kubernetes-validations:
                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
                  parametersRef:
                    description: |-
                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
                      controller does not require any additional configuration.

                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis

                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.

                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
                      "InvalidParameters" reason.

                      Support: Implementation-specific
                    properties:
                      group:
                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                        type: string
                      kind:
                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
                        maxLength: 63
                        minLength: 1
                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                        type: string
                      name:
                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
                        maxLength: 253
                        minLength: 1
                        type: string
                    required:
                    - group
                    - kind
                    - name
                    type: object
                type: object
              listeners:
                description: |-
                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.

                  ## Distinct Listeners

                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
                  apply in that case).

                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.

                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
                  they support:

                  HTTPRoute

                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided

                  TLSRoute

                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough

                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:

                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
                  Listener**.

                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
                  Listener fields.

                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
                  values for other fields.

                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
                  Gateway API spec.

                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:

                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port

                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
                  implementation:

                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
                    Listeners, and
                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
                    Protocol.

                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.

                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
                  accepted.

                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.

                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname

                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.

                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.

                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.

                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.

                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.

                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners

                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".

                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
                  purpose of this documentation.

                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
                  no Conflicted Listeners.

                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
                  the following rules:

                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.

                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.

                  ## General Listener behavior

                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).

                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.

                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
                  conformance tests.

                  ## Compatible Listeners

                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:

                  1. They are distinct.
                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
                     addresses.

                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
                  may not be compatible for another.

                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.

                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.

                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
                    network connections.
                  properties:
                    allowedRoutes:
                      default:
                        namespaces:
                          from: Same
                      description: |-
                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
                        present.

                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria:

                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.

                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.

                        Support: Core
                      properties:
                        kinds:
                          description: |-
                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.

                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.

                            Support: Core
                          items:
                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
                              of a Route resource.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - kind
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 8
                          type: array
                        namespaces:
                          default:
                            from: Same
                          description: |-
                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            from:
                              default: Same
                              description: |-
                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
                                values are:

                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
                                  this Gateway.
                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.

                                Support: Core
                              enum:
                              - All
                              - Selector
                              - Same
                              type: string
                            selector:
                              description: |-
                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".

                                Support: Core
                              properties:
                                matchExpressions:
                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
                                  items:
                                    description: |-
                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
                                      relates the key and values.
                                    properties:
                                      key:
                                        description: key is the label key that the
                                          selector applies to.
                                        type: string
                                      operator:
                                        description: |-
                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
                                        type: string
                                      values:
                                        description: |-
                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
                                          merge patch.
                                        items:
                                          type: string
                                        type: array
                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                    required:
                                    - key
                                    - operator
                                    type: object
                                  type: array
                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                matchLabels:
                                  additionalProperties:
                                    type: string
                                  description: |-
                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
                                  type: object
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                          type: object
                      type: object
                    hostname:
                      description: |-
                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
                        matching.

                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
                        the following protocols:

                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.

                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
                        hostnames within the application protocol.

                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.

                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:

                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
                          does not match the Host:
                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
                              421.
                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
                              404.

                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
                        documentation.

                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
                        Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.

                        Support: Core
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    protocol:
                      description: |-
                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 255
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
                      type: string
                    tls:
                      description: |-
                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".

                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.

                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.

                        Support: Core
                      properties:
                        certificateRefs:
                          description: |-
                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
                            associated listener.

                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.

                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.

                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.

                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls

                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
                          items:
                            description: |-
                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
                              defaulting to Secret.

                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                              on the containing object.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: ""
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                default: Secret
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "Secret".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                              namespace:
                                description: |-
                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                  namespace is inferred.

                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                  documentation for details.

                                  Support: Core
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - name
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 64
                          type: array
                        frontendValidation:
                          description: |-
                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          properties:
                            caCertificateRefs:
                              description: |-
                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.

                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                has "Core" support.
                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.

                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
                                of resources).

                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
                              items:
                                description: |-
                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.

                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                                  on the containing object.
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - group
                                - kind
                                - name
                                type: object
                              maxItems: 8
                              minItems: 1
                              type: array
                          type: object
                        mode:
                          default: Terminate
                          description: |-
                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
                            There are two possible modes:

                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
                              field.
                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
                              is ignored in this mode.

                            Support: Core
                          enum:
                          - Terminate
                          - Passthrough
                          type: string
                        options:
                          additionalProperties:
                            description: |-
                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                            maxLength: 4096
                            minLength: 0
                            type: string
                          description: |-
                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.

                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxProperties: 16
                          type: object
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
                          mode is Terminate
                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
                  required:
                  - name
                  - port
                  - protocol
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
                    'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
                    for each listener
                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
            required:
            - gatewayClassName
            - listeners
            type: object
          status:
            default:
              conditions:
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Accepted
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Programmed
            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
            properties:
              addresses:
                description: |-
                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
                  Gateway.

                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
                  conditions:

                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
                items:
                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
                    is bound to a Gateway.
                  oneOf:
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        enum:
                        - IPAddress
                      value:
                        anyOf:
                        - format: ipv4
                        - format: ipv6
                  - properties:
                      type:
                        not:
                          enum:
                          - IPAddress
                  properties:
                    type:
                      default: IPAddress
                      description: Type of the address.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    value:
                      description: |-
                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
                        on the type and support by the controller.

                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - value
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
                      true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              conditions:
                default:
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Accepted
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Programmed
                description: |-
                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.

                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.

                  Known condition types are:

                  * "Accepted"
                  * "Programmed"
                  * "Ready"
                items:
                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
                    state of this API Resource.
                  properties:
                    lastTransitionTime:
                      description: |-
                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                      format: date-time
                      type: string
                    message:
                      description: |-
                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                        This may be an empty string.
                      maxLength: 32768
                      type: string
                    observedGeneration:
                      description: |-
                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
                      format: int64
                      minimum: 0
                      type: integer
                    reason:
                      description: |-
                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
                        This field may not be empty.
                      maxLength: 1024
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                      type: string
                    status:
                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                      enum:
                      - "True"
                      - "False"
                      - Unknown
                      type: string
                    type:
                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                      maxLength: 316
                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - lastTransitionTime
                  - message
                  - reason
                  - status
                  - type
                  type: object
                maxItems: 8
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - type
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
              listeners:
                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
                  defined in the Spec.
                items:
                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
                  properties:
                    attachedRoutes:
                      description: |-
                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
                        successfully attached to this Listener.

                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.

                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
                      format: int32
                      type: integer
                    conditions:
                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
                        listener.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    name:
                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
                        corresponds to.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    supportedKinds:
                      description: |-
                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
                        that Listener configuration.

                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
                      items:
                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
                          a Route resource.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - kind
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                  required:
                  - attachedRoutes
                  - conditions
                  - name
                  - supportedKinds
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: false
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: GRPCRoute
    listKind: GRPCRouteList
    plural: grpcroutes
    singular: grpcroute
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
      name: Hostnames
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability
          to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header.
          Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify
          where matching requests will be routed.

          GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the
          following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation
          supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an
          implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement
          unless explicitly indicated.

          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST
          accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via
          ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the
          "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of
          "UnsupportedProtocol".  Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections
          with an upgrade from HTTP/1.

          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST
          support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c,
          https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial
          upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge
          (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation
          does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False"
          for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol".
          Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from
          HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute.
            properties:
              hostnames:
                description: |-
                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC
                  Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches
                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                  1. IPs are not allowed.
                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                     label MUST appear by itself as the first label.

                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there
                  MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be
                  attached to the Listener. For example:

                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.

                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.

                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any
                  GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
                  GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
                  `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match.

                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none
                  match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by
                  the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition
                  with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.

                  If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a
                  Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other
                  type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is
                  non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two
                  routes, determined by the following criteria, in order:

                  * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
                  * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
                    "{namespace}/{name}".

                  The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of
                  'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                     1. IPs are not allowed.
                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                        label must appear by itself as the first label.

                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).

                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
                  maxLength: 253
                  minLength: 1
                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                  type: string
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on
                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
                    an API object (backendRefs).
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent.

                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
                        how many are invalid.

                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
                        receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.

                        See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
                        GRPCBackendRef invalid.

                        When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for
                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
                        MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.

                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
                        Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
                        properties:
                          filters:
                            description: |-
                              Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the
                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.

                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
                              Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.)
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                                request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                              properties:
                                extensionRef:
                                  description: |-
                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                                    extended filters.

                                    Support: Implementation-specific

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
                                  properties:
                                    group:
                                      description: |-
                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    kind:
                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                      maxLength: 63
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                      type: string
                                    name:
                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - group
                                  - kind
                                  - name
                                  type: object
                                requestHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Core
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                requestMirror:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                                    that destination are ignored.

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                                    backends.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    backendRef:
                                      description: |-
                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                        within this BackendRef.

                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                        underlying implementation.

                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                      properties:
                                        group:
                                          default: ""
                                          description: |-
                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                          type: string
                                        kind:
                                          default: Service
                                          description: |-
                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                            "Service".

                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                            support ExternalName Services.

                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        name:
                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          minLength: 1
                                          type: string
                                        namespace:
                                          description: |-
                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                            namespace is inferred.

                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                            documentation for details.

                                            Support: Core
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        port:
                                          description: |-
                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                            resource or this field.
                                          format: int32
                                          maximum: 65535
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - name
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
                                    fraction:
                                      description: |-
                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef.

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      properties:
                                        denominator:
                                          default: 100
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                        numerator:
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 0
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - numerator
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
                                          to denominator
                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                                    percent:
                                      description: |-
                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      format: int32
                                      maximum: 100
                                      minimum: 0
                                      type: integer
                                  required:
                                  - backendRef
                                  type: object
                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                                responseHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                type:
                                  description: |-
                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:

                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                      implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.

                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.

                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
                                  enum:
                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
                                  - RequestMirror
                                  - ExtensionRef
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - type
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-validations:
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not RequestMirror
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
                                  RequestMirror filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not ExtensionRef
                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                    filters:
                      description: |-
                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
                        this rule.

                        The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified.
                        This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage.

                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:

                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support
                          GRPCRoute.
                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
                          implementations.

                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
                        indicated in the filter.

                        If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly
                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
                        this configuration error.

                        Support: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                          request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                        properties:
                          extensionRef:
                            description: |-
                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                              extended filters.

                              Support: Implementation-specific

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - group
                            - kind
                            - name
                            type: object
                          requestHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                              headers.

                              Support: Core
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          requestMirror:
                            description: |-
                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                              that destination are ignored.

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                              backends.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              backendRef:
                                description: |-
                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                  within this BackendRef.

                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                  underlying implementation.

                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    default: ""
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    default: Service
                                    description: |-
                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                      "Service".

                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                      support ExternalName Services.

                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  port:
                                    description: |-
                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                      resource or this field.
                                    format: int32
                                    maximum: 65535
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - name
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
                              fraction:
                                description: |-
                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef.

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                properties:
                                  denominator:
                                    default: 100
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                  numerator:
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 0
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - numerator
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
                                    denominator
                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                              percent:
                                description: |-
                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                format: int32
                                maximum: 100
                                minimum: 0
                                type: integer
                            required:
                            - backendRef
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                          responseHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                              headers.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          type:
                            description: |-
                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                              types are classified into three conformance levels:

                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.

                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                are encouraged to support extended filters.

                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
                            enum:
                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
                            - RequestHeaderModifier
                            - RequestMirror
                            - ExtensionRef
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - type
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not RequestMirror
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not ExtensionRef
                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                    matches:
                      description: |-
                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
                        gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.

                        For example, take the following matches configuration:

                        ```
                        matches:
                        - method:
                            service: foo.bar
                          headers:
                            values:
                              version: 2
                        - method:
                            service: foo.bar.v2
                        ```

                        For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy
                        EITHER of the two conditions:

                        - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2`
                        - service of foo.bar.v2

                        See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
                        match conditions to be ANDed together.

                        If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request.

                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes
                        MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on
                        ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes.
                        Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of:

                        * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
                        * Characters in a matching hostname.
                        * Characters in a matching service.
                        * Characters in a matching method.
                        * Header matches.

                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:

                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
                          "{namespace}/{name}".

                        If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence,
                        matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting
                        the above criteria.
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given
                          action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will
                          evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied.

                          For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service
                          is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:

                          ```
                          matches:
                            - method:
                              type: Exact
                              service: "foo"
                              headers:
                            - name: "version"
                              value "v1"

                          ```
                        properties:
                          headers:
                            description: |-
                              Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are
                              ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers
                              to select the route.
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request
                                headers.
                              properties:
                                name:
                                  description: |-
                                    Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched.

                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                    equivalent.
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                type:
                                  default: Exact
                                  description: Type specifies how to match against
                                    the value of the header.
                                  enum:
                                  - Exact
                                  - RegularExpression
                                  type: string
                                value:
                                  description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header
                                    to be matched.
                                  maxLength: 4096
                                  minLength: 1
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - name
                              - value
                              type: object
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                            - name
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                          method:
                            description: |-
                              Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is
                              not specified, all services and methods will match.
                            properties:
                              method:
                                description: |-
                                  Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
                                  match all services.

                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
                                maxLength: 1024
                                type: string
                              service:
                                description: |-
                                  Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
                                  match any service.

                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
                                maxLength: 1024
                                type: string
                              type:
                                default: Exact
                                description: |-
                                  Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method.
                                  Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified)

                                  Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified)

                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
                                enum:
                                - Exact
                                - RegularExpression
                                type: string
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be
                                specified
                              rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method)
                                : true'
                            - message: service must only contain valid characters
                                (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$)
                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
                                has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""):
                                true'
                            - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching
                                ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$)
                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
                                has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""):
                                true'
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 64
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    sessionPersistence:
                      description: |-
                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
                        for the route rule.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        absoluteTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
                            session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        cookieConfig:
                          description: |-
                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
                            to cookie-based session persistence.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            lifetimeType:
                              default: Session
                              description: |-
                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
                                session ends.

                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
                                and is required.

                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
                                is optional.

                                Defaults to "Session".

                                Support: Core for "Session" type

                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
                              enum:
                              - Permanent
                              - Session
                              type: string
                          type: object
                        idleTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        sessionName:
                          description: |-
                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxLength: 128
                          type: string
                        type:
                          default: Cookie
                          description: |-
                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
                            persistence.

                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type

                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
                          enum:
                          - Cookie
                          - Header
                          type: string
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
                          is Permanent
                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
                    than 128
                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size()
                    : 0) : 0) <= 128'
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: HTTPRoute
    listKind: HTTPRouteList
    plural: httproutes
    singular: httproute
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
      name: Hostnames
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
          requests should be routed.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
            properties:
              hostnames:
                description: |-
                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.

                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                  1. IPs are not allowed.
                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                     label must appear by itself as the first label.

                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
                  attached to the Listener. For example:

                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
                    not match.

                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.

                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.

                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.

                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:

                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
                  * Characters in a matching hostname.

                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                     1. IPs are not allowed.
                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                        label must appear by itself as the first label.

                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).

                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
                  maxLength: 253
                  minLength: 1
                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                  type: string
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                default:
                - matches:
                  - path:
                      type: PathPrefix
                      value: /
                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
                    an API object (backendRefs).
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent.

                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
                        how many are invalid.

                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
                        receive a 500 status code.

                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.

                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
                        MUST receive a 500 status code.

                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.

                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
                        properties:
                          filters:
                            description: |-
                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.

                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                              properties:
                                cors:
                                  description: |-
                                    CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                                    cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    allowCredentials:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
                                        to include credentials.

                                        The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
                                        header is true (case-sensitive).

                                        If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
                                        will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
                                        than setting its value to false.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      enum:
                                      - true
                                      type: boolean
                                    allowHeaders:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
                                        accessing the requested resource.

                                        Header names are not case sensitive.

                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                        which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.

                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
                                        is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
                                        header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
                                        client side.

                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                        does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
                                        client side.

                                        A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
                                        HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
                                        header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
                                        the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
                                        the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
                                        request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                        response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
                                        implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                          Valid values include:

                                          * "Authorization"
                                          * "Set-Cookie"

                                          Invalid values include:

                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                        maxLength: 256
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    allowMethods:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
                                        requested resource.

                                        Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
                                        value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.

                                        Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
                                        (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)

                                        Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
                                        CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
                                        are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                        When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
                                        which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                        If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
                                        is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
                                        side.

                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
                                        in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
                                        value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
                                        `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
                                        header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
                                        the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
                                        choose to add implementation-specific default methods.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        enum:
                                        - GET
                                        - HEAD
                                        - POST
                                        - PUT
                                        - DELETE
                                        - CONNECT
                                        - OPTIONS
                                        - TRACE
                                        - PATCH
                                        - '*'
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 9
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
                                          other methods
                                        rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
                                    allowOrigins:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
                                        resource from the given `Origin`.

                                        The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
                                        takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.

                                        Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.

                                        Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
                                        available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
                                        assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
                                        origins. This may affect origin matching.

                                        The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
                                        wildcard characters behave as follows:

                                        * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
                                          DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
                                          `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
                                          left of its position.
                                        * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.

                                        An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
                                        from all `Origin`s are allowed.

                                        When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
                                        means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
                                        `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
                                        the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
                                        client.

                                        The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
                                        always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).

                                        If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
                                        the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
                                        cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
                                        403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
                                        the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
                                        Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.

                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
                                        in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
                                        the client.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
                                          encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
                                          scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
                                          include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
                                          IP address as the host.
                                        maxLength: 253
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    exposeHeaders:
                                      description: |-
                                        ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
                                        to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.

                                        A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
                                        that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
                                        `Cache-Control`
                                        `Content-Language`
                                        `Content-Length`
                                        `Content-Type`
                                        `Expires`
                                        `Last-Modified`
                                        `Pragma`
                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.

                                        When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
                                        this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
                                        client.

                                        Header names are not case sensitive.

                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
                                        to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
                                        use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
                                        unspecified.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                          Valid values include:

                                          * "Authorization"
                                          * "Set-Cookie"

                                          Invalid values include:

                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                        maxLength: 256
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    maxAge:
                                      default: 5
                                      description: |-
                                        MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
                                        results of a "preflight" request.

                                        The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
                                        client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.

                                        The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
                                        (seconds).
                                      format: int32
                                      minimum: 1
                                      type: integer
                                  type: object
                                extensionRef:
                                  description: |-
                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                                    extended filters.

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.

                                    Support: Implementation-specific
                                  properties:
                                    group:
                                      description: |-
                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    kind:
                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                      maxLength: 63
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                      type: string
                                    name:
                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - group
                                  - kind
                                  - name
                                  type: object
                                requestHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Core
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                requestMirror:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                                    that destination are ignored.

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                                    backends.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    backendRef:
                                      description: |-
                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                        within this BackendRef.

                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                        underlying implementation.

                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                      properties:
                                        group:
                                          default: ""
                                          description: |-
                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                          type: string
                                        kind:
                                          default: Service
                                          description: |-
                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                            "Service".

                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                            support ExternalName Services.

                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        name:
                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          minLength: 1
                                          type: string
                                        namespace:
                                          description: |-
                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                            namespace is inferred.

                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                            documentation for details.

                                            Support: Core
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        port:
                                          description: |-
                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                            resource or this field.
                                          format: int32
                                          maximum: 65535
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - name
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
                                    fraction:
                                      description: |-
                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef.

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      properties:
                                        denominator:
                                          default: 100
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                        numerator:
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 0
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - numerator
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
                                          to denominator
                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                                    percent:
                                      description: |-
                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      format: int32
                                      maximum: 100
                                      minimum: 0
                                      type: integer
                                  required:
                                  - backendRef
                                  type: object
                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                                requestRedirect:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                                    request with an HTTP redirection.

                                    Support: Core
                                  properties:
                                    hostname:
                                      description: |-
                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                        header in the response.
                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.

                                        Support: Core
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    path:
                                      description: |-
                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      properties:
                                        replaceFullPath:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        replacePrefixMatch:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        type:
                                          description: |-
                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                            added in a future release of the API.

                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                          enum:
                                          - ReplaceFullPath
                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                          type: string
                                      required:
                                      - type
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
                                          replaceFullPath is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                                    port:
                                      description: |-
                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                        header in the response.

                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
                                        following rules:

                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
                                          Listener port.

                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
                                        header in the following cases:

                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      format: int32
                                      maximum: 65535
                                      minimum: 1
                                      type: integer
                                    scheme:
                                      description: |-
                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.

                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.

                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      enum:
                                      - http
                                      - https
                                      type: string
                                    statusCode:
                                      default: 302
                                      description: |-
                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.

                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                        Support: Core
                                      enum:
                                      - 301
                                      - 302
                                      type: integer
                                  type: object
                                responseHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                type:
                                  description: |-
                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:

                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                      implementations must support core filters.

                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.

                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
                                      specific vendors.
                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.

                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                  enum:
                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
                                  - RequestMirror
                                  - RequestRedirect
                                  - URLRewrite
                                  - ExtensionRef
                                  - CORS
                                  type: string
                                urlRewrite:
                                  description: |-
                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    hostname:
                                      description: |-
                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
                                        forwarding.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    path:
                                      description: |-
                                        Path defines a path rewrite.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      properties:
                                        replaceFullPath:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        replacePrefixMatch:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        type:
                                          description: |-
                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                            added in a future release of the API.

                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                          enum:
                                          - ReplaceFullPath
                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                          type: string
                                      required:
                                      - type
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
                                          replaceFullPath is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                                  type: object
                              required:
                              - type
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-validations:
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not RequestMirror
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
                                  RequestMirror filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not URLRewrite
                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
                                  filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not ExtensionRef
                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                              - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not CORS
                                rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
                              - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
                                <= 1
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                    filters:
                      description: |-
                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
                        this rule.

                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
                        they are specified.

                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
                        that behavior.

                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.

                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:

                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
                          implementations.

                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
                        indicated in the filter.

                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
                        this configuration error.

                        Support: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                        properties:
                          cors:
                            description: |-
                              CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                              cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              allowCredentials:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
                                  to include credentials.

                                  The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
                                  header is true (case-sensitive).

                                  If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
                                  will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
                                  than setting its value to false.

                                  Support: Extended
                                enum:
                                - true
                                type: boolean
                              allowHeaders:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
                                  accessing the requested resource.

                                  Header names are not case sensitive.

                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                  which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.

                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
                                  is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
                                  header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
                                  client side.

                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                  does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
                                  client side.

                                  A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
                                  HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
                                  header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
                                  the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
                                  the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
                                  request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                  response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
                                  implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                    Valid values include:

                                    * "Authorization"
                                    * "Set-Cookie"

                                    Invalid values include:

                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              allowMethods:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
                                  requested resource.

                                  Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
                                  value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.

                                  Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
                                  (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)

                                  Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
                                  CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
                                  are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                  When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
                                  which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                  If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
                                  is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
                                  side.

                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
                                  in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
                                  value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
                                  `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
                                  header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
                                  the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
                                  choose to add implementation-specific default methods.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  enum:
                                  - GET
                                  - HEAD
                                  - POST
                                  - PUT
                                  - DELETE
                                  - CONNECT
                                  - OPTIONS
                                  - TRACE
                                  - PATCH
                                  - '*'
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 9
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
                                    other methods
                                  rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
                              allowOrigins:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
                                  resource from the given `Origin`.

                                  The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
                                  takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.

                                  Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.

                                  Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
                                  available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
                                  assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
                                  origins. This may affect origin matching.

                                  The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
                                  wildcard characters behave as follows:

                                  * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
                                    DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
                                    `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
                                    left of its position.
                                  * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.

                                  An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
                                  from all `Origin`s are allowed.

                                  When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
                                  means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
                                  `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
                                  the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
                                  client.

                                  The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
                                  always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).

                                  If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
                                  the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
                                  cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
                                  403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
                                  the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
                                  Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.

                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
                                  in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
                                  the client.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
                                    encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
                                    scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
                                    include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
                                    IP address as the host.
                                  maxLength: 253
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              exposeHeaders:
                                description: |-
                                  ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
                                  to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.

                                  A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
                                  that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
                                  `Cache-Control`
                                  `Content-Language`
                                  `Content-Length`
                                  `Content-Type`
                                  `Expires`
                                  `Last-Modified`
                                  `Pragma`
                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.

                                  When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
                                  this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
                                  client.

                                  Header names are not case sensitive.

                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
                                  to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
                                  use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
                                  unspecified.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                    Valid values include:

                                    * "Authorization"
                                    * "Set-Cookie"

                                    Invalid values include:

                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              maxAge:
                                default: 5
                                description: |-
                                  MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
                                  results of a "preflight" request.

                                  The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
                                  client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.

                                  The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
                                  (seconds).
                                format: int32
                                minimum: 1
                                type: integer
                            type: object
                          extensionRef:
                            description: |-
                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                              extended filters.

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.

                              Support: Implementation-specific
                            properties:
                              group:
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - group
                            - kind
                            - name
                            type: object
                          requestHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                              headers.

                              Support: Core
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          requestMirror:
                            description: |-
                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                              that destination are ignored.

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                              backends.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              backendRef:
                                description: |-
                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                  within this BackendRef.

                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                  underlying implementation.

                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    default: ""
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    default: Service
                                    description: |-
                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                      "Service".

                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                      support ExternalName Services.

                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  port:
                                    description: |-
                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                      resource or this field.
                                    format: int32
                                    maximum: 65535
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - name
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
                              fraction:
                                description: |-
                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef.

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                properties:
                                  denominator:
                                    default: 100
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                  numerator:
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 0
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - numerator
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
                                    denominator
                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                              percent:
                                description: |-
                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                format: int32
                                maximum: 100
                                minimum: 0
                                type: integer
                            required:
                            - backendRef
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                          requestRedirect:
                            description: |-
                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                              request with an HTTP redirection.

                              Support: Core
                            properties:
                              hostname:
                                description: |-
                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                  header in the response.
                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.

                                  Support: Core
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              path:
                                description: |-
                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.

                                  Support: Extended
                                properties:
                                  replaceFullPath:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  replacePrefixMatch:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  type:
                                    description: |-
                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                      added in a future release of the API.

                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                    enum:
                                    - ReplaceFullPath
                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - type
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
                                    is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                              port:
                                description: |-
                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                  header in the response.

                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
                                  following rules:

                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
                                    Listener port.

                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
                                  header in the following cases:

                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.

                                  Support: Extended
                                format: int32
                                maximum: 65535
                                minimum: 1
                                type: integer
                              scheme:
                                description: |-
                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.

                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.

                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                  Support: Extended
                                enum:
                                - http
                                - https
                                type: string
                              statusCode:
                                default: 302
                                description: |-
                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.

                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                  Support: Core
                                enum:
                                - 301
                                - 302
                                type: integer
                            type: object
                          responseHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                              headers.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          type:
                            description: |-
                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                              types are classified into three conformance levels:

                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                implementations must support core filters.

                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                are encouraged to support extended filters.

                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
                                specific vendors.
                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.

                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                            enum:
                            - RequestHeaderModifier
                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
                            - RequestMirror
                            - RequestRedirect
                            - URLRewrite
                            - ExtensionRef
                            - CORS
                            type: string
                          urlRewrite:
                            description: |-
                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              hostname:
                                description: |-
                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
                                  forwarding.

                                  Support: Extended
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              path:
                                description: |-
                                  Path defines a path rewrite.

                                  Support: Extended
                                properties:
                                  replaceFullPath:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  replacePrefixMatch:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  type:
                                    description: |-
                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                      added in a future release of the API.

                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                    enum:
                                    - ReplaceFullPath
                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - type
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
                                    is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                            type: object
                        required:
                        - type
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not RequestMirror
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not RequestRedirect
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not URLRewrite
                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not ExtensionRef
                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                        - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not
                            CORS
                          rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
                        - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
                          1
                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
                    matches:
                      default:
                      - path:
                          type: PathPrefix
                          value: /
                      description: |-
                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.

                        For example, take the following matches configuration:

                        ```
                        matches:
                        - path:
                            value: "/foo"
                          headers:
                          - name: "version"
                            value: "v2"
                        - path:
                            value: "/v2/foo"
                        ```

                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
                        EITHER of the two conditions:

                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`

                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.

                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
                        HTTP request.

                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
                        given to the match having:

                        * "Exact" path match.
                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
                        * Method match.
                        * Largest number of header matches.
                        * Largest number of query param matches.

                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.

                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:

                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
                          "{namespace}/{name}".

                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
                        criteria.

                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
                      items:
                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
                        properties:
                          headers:
                            description: |-
                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
                              to select the route.
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
                                headers.
                              properties:
                                name:
                                  description: |-
                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                    equivalent.

                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                type:
                                  default: Exact
                                  description: |-
                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.

                                    Support: Core (Exact)

                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)

                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
                                    determine the supported dialect.
                                  enum:
                                  - Exact
                                  - RegularExpression
                                  type: string
                                value:
                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
                                    be matched.
                                  maxLength: 4096
                                  minLength: 1
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - name
                              - value
                              type: object
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                            - name
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                          method:
                            description: |-
                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
                              specified method.

                              Support: Extended
                            enum:
                            - GET
                            - HEAD
                            - POST
                            - PUT
                            - DELETE
                            - CONNECT
                            - OPTIONS
                            - TRACE
                            - PATCH
                            type: string
                          path:
                            default:
                              type: PathPrefix
                              value: /
                            description: |-
                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
                            properties:
                              type:
                                default: PathPrefix
                                description: |-
                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.

                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)

                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
                                enum:
                                - Exact
                                - PathPrefix
                                - RegularExpression
                                type: string
                              value:
                                default: /
                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
                                maxLength: 1024
                                type: string
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
                                : true'
                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
                                'RegularExpression']
                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
                                == 'RegularExpression'
                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
                                : true'
                          queryParams:
                            description: |-
                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
                              specified query parameters to select the route.

                              Support: Extended
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
                                query parameters.
                              properties:
                                name:
                                  description: |-
                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
                                    exact string match. (See
                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).

                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.

                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
                                    the Gateway API.

                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                type:
                                  default: Exact
                                  description: |-
                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.

                                    Support: Extended (Exact)

                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)

                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
                                  enum:
                                  - Exact
                                  - RegularExpression
                                  type: string
                                value:
                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
                                    to be matched.
                                  maxLength: 1024
                                  minLength: 1
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - name
                              - value
                              type: object
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                            - name
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 64
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    retry:
                      description: |-
                        Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        attempts:
                          description: |-
                            Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request
                            from the gateway to a backend should be retried.

                            If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful
                            response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error.

                            When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry
                            a backend request is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          type: integer
                        backoff:
                          description: |-
                            Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between
                            retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting.

                            For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value
                            `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately
                            100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured
                            to be retryable.

                            An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy
                            for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to
                            some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary
                            jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are
                            not retried before the configured minimum duration.

                            If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the
                            route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts
                            MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are
                            still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached,
                            these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately
                            return a timeout error.

                            If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is
                            configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured
                            BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if
                            possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff
                            duration before attempting to retry the backend request again.

                            If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry
                            attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY
                            remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation
                            default duration for total request time is reached.

                            When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts
                            is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        codes:
                          description: |-
                            Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request
                            should be retried.

                            Support: Extended
                          items:
                            description: |-
                              HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for
                              which a backend request should be retried.

                              Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable:

                              * 500
                              * 502
                              * 503
                              * 504

                              Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the
                              500-599 range.

                              Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range,
                              which are often inadvisable to retry.
                            maximum: 599
                            minimum: 400
                            type: integer
                          type: array
                      type: object
                    sessionPersistence:
                      description: |-
                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
                        for the route rule.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        absoluteTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
                            session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        cookieConfig:
                          description: |-
                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
                            to cookie-based session persistence.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            lifetimeType:
                              default: Session
                              description: |-
                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
                                session ends.

                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
                                and is required.

                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
                                is optional.

                                Defaults to "Session".

                                Support: Core for "Session" type

                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
                              enum:
                              - Permanent
                              - Session
                              type: string
                          type: object
                        idleTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        sessionName:
                          description: |-
                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxLength: 128
                          type: string
                        type:
                          default: Cookie
                          description: |-
                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
                            persistence.

                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type

                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
                          enum:
                          - Cookie
                          - Header
                          type: string
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
                          is Permanent
                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
                    timeouts:
                      description: |-
                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        backendRequest:
                          description: |-
                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.

                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
                            the timeout can be set.

                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.

                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        request:
                          description: |-
                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
                            MUST return a timeout error.

                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
                            to complete.

                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
                            the timeout can be set.

                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
                            initiated by the client.

                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
                          timeout
                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
                          > duration(self.request))'
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
                      backendRefs
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
                      true'
                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
                      : true'
                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
                      be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
                      : true'
                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
                      specified
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
                    than 128
                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
      name: Hostnames
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1beta1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
          requests should be routed.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
            properties:
              hostnames:
                description: |-
                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.

                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                  1. IPs are not allowed.
                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                     label must appear by itself as the first label.

                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
                  attached to the Listener. For example:

                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
                    not match.

                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.

                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.

                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.

                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:

                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
                  * Characters in a matching hostname.

                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                     1. IPs are not allowed.
                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                        label must appear by itself as the first label.

                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).

                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
                  maxLength: 253
                  minLength: 1
                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                  type: string
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                default:
                - matches:
                  - path:
                      type: PathPrefix
                      value: /
                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
                    an API object (backendRefs).
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent.

                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
                        how many are invalid.

                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
                        receive a 500 status code.

                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.

                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
                        MUST receive a 500 status code.

                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.

                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
                        properties:
                          filters:
                            description: |-
                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.

                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                              properties:
                                cors:
                                  description: |-
                                    CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                                    cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    allowCredentials:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
                                        to include credentials.

                                        The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
                                        header is true (case-sensitive).

                                        If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
                                        will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
                                        than setting its value to false.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      enum:
                                      - true
                                      type: boolean
                                    allowHeaders:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
                                        accessing the requested resource.

                                        Header names are not case sensitive.

                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                        which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.

                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
                                        is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
                                        header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
                                        client side.

                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                        does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
                                        client side.

                                        A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
                                        HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
                                        header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
                                        the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
                                        the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
                                        request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                        response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
                                        implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                          Valid values include:

                                          * "Authorization"
                                          * "Set-Cookie"

                                          Invalid values include:

                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                        maxLength: 256
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    allowMethods:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
                                        requested resource.

                                        Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
                                        value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.

                                        Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
                                        (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)

                                        Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
                                        CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
                                        are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                        When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
                                        which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                        If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
                                        is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
                                        side.

                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
                                        in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
                                        value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
                                        `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
                                        header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
                                        the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
                                        choose to add implementation-specific default methods.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        enum:
                                        - GET
                                        - HEAD
                                        - POST
                                        - PUT
                                        - DELETE
                                        - CONNECT
                                        - OPTIONS
                                        - TRACE
                                        - PATCH
                                        - '*'
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 9
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
                                          other methods
                                        rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
                                    allowOrigins:
                                      description: |-
                                        AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
                                        resource from the given `Origin`.

                                        The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
                                        takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.

                                        Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.

                                        Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
                                        available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
                                        assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
                                        origins. This may affect origin matching.

                                        The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
                                        wildcard characters behave as follows:

                                        * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
                                          DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
                                          `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
                                          left of its position.
                                        * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.

                                        An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
                                        from all `Origin`s are allowed.

                                        When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
                                        means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
                                        `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
                                        the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
                                        client.

                                        The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
                                        always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).

                                        If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
                                        the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
                                        cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
                                        403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
                                        the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
                                        Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.

                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
                                        in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
                                        the client.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
                                          encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
                                          scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
                                          include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
                                          IP address as the host.
                                        maxLength: 253
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    exposeHeaders:
                                      description: |-
                                        ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
                                        to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.

                                        A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
                                        that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
                                        `Cache-Control`
                                        `Content-Language`
                                        `Content-Length`
                                        `Content-Type`
                                        `Expires`
                                        `Last-Modified`
                                        `Pragma`
                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.

                                        When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
                                        this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
                                        client.

                                        Header names are not case sensitive.

                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                        A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
                                        to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
                                        use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
                                        unspecified.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      items:
                                        description: |-
                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                          Valid values include:

                                          * "Authorization"
                                          * "Set-Cookie"

                                          Invalid values include:

                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                        maxLength: 256
                                        minLength: 1
                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 64
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    maxAge:
                                      default: 5
                                      description: |-
                                        MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
                                        results of a "preflight" request.

                                        The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
                                        client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.

                                        The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
                                        (seconds).
                                      format: int32
                                      minimum: 1
                                      type: integer
                                  type: object
                                extensionRef:
                                  description: |-
                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                                    extended filters.

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.

                                    Support: Implementation-specific
                                  properties:
                                    group:
                                      description: |-
                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    kind:
                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                      maxLength: 63
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                      type: string
                                    name:
                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - group
                                  - kind
                                  - name
                                  type: object
                                requestHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Core
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                requestMirror:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                                    that destination are ignored.

                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                                    backends.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    backendRef:
                                      description: |-
                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                        within this BackendRef.

                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                        underlying implementation.

                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                      properties:
                                        group:
                                          default: ""
                                          description: |-
                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                          type: string
                                        kind:
                                          default: Service
                                          description: |-
                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                            "Service".

                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                            support ExternalName Services.

                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        name:
                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                          maxLength: 253
                                          minLength: 1
                                          type: string
                                        namespace:
                                          description: |-
                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                            namespace is inferred.

                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                            documentation for details.

                                            Support: Core
                                          maxLength: 63
                                          minLength: 1
                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                          type: string
                                        port:
                                          description: |-
                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                            resource or this field.
                                          format: int32
                                          maximum: 65535
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - name
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
                                    fraction:
                                      description: |-
                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef.

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      properties:
                                        denominator:
                                          default: 100
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 1
                                          type: integer
                                        numerator:
                                          format: int32
                                          minimum: 0
                                          type: integer
                                      required:
                                      - numerator
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
                                          to denominator
                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                                    percent:
                                      description: |-
                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                      format: int32
                                      maximum: 100
                                      minimum: 0
                                      type: integer
                                  required:
                                  - backendRef
                                  type: object
                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                                requestRedirect:
                                  description: |-
                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                                    request with an HTTP redirection.

                                    Support: Core
                                  properties:
                                    hostname:
                                      description: |-
                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                        header in the response.
                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.

                                        Support: Core
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    path:
                                      description: |-
                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      properties:
                                        replaceFullPath:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        replacePrefixMatch:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        type:
                                          description: |-
                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                            added in a future release of the API.

                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                          enum:
                                          - ReplaceFullPath
                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                          type: string
                                      required:
                                      - type
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
                                          replaceFullPath is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                                    port:
                                      description: |-
                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                        header in the response.

                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
                                        following rules:

                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
                                          Listener port.

                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
                                        header in the following cases:

                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      format: int32
                                      maximum: 65535
                                      minimum: 1
                                      type: integer
                                    scheme:
                                      description: |-
                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.

                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.

                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      enum:
                                      - http
                                      - https
                                      type: string
                                    statusCode:
                                      default: 302
                                      description: |-
                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.

                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                        Support: Core
                                      enum:
                                      - 301
                                      - 302
                                      type: integer
                                  type: object
                                responseHeaderModifier:
                                  description: |-
                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                                    headers.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    add:
                                      description: |-
                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                        with the header name.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          add:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar,baz"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                    remove:
                                      description: |-
                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                        names are case-insensitive (see
                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header1: foo
                                          my-header2: bar
                                          my-header3: baz

                                        Config:
                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header2: bar
                                      items:
                                        type: string
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                    set:
                                      description: |-
                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                        before the action.

                                        Input:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: foo

                                        Config:
                                          set:
                                          - name: "my-header"
                                            value: "bar"

                                        Output:
                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                          my-header: bar
                                      items:
                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
                                          7230.
                                        properties:
                                          name:
                                            description: |-
                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                              equivalent.
                                            maxLength: 256
                                            minLength: 1
                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                            type: string
                                          value:
                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
                                              Header to be matched.
                                            maxLength: 4096
                                            minLength: 1
                                            type: string
                                        required:
                                        - name
                                        - value
                                        type: object
                                      maxItems: 16
                                      type: array
                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                      - name
                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                                  type: object
                                type:
                                  description: |-
                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:

                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                      implementations must support core filters.

                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.

                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
                                      specific vendors.
                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.

                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                  enum:
                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
                                  - RequestMirror
                                  - RequestRedirect
                                  - URLRewrite
                                  - ExtensionRef
                                  - CORS
                                  type: string
                                urlRewrite:
                                  description: |-
                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.

                                    Support: Extended
                                  properties:
                                    hostname:
                                      description: |-
                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
                                        forwarding.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      maxLength: 253
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                      type: string
                                    path:
                                      description: |-
                                        Path defines a path rewrite.

                                        Support: Extended
                                      properties:
                                        replaceFullPath:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        replacePrefixMatch:
                                          description: |-
                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                          maxLength: 1024
                                          type: string
                                        type:
                                          description: |-
                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                            added in a future release of the API.

                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                          enum:
                                          - ReplaceFullPath
                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                          type: string
                                      required:
                                      - type
                                      type: object
                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
                                          replaceFullPath is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                                  type: object
                              required:
                              - type
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-validations:
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not RequestMirror
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
                                  RequestMirror filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not URLRewrite
                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
                                  filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not ExtensionRef
                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                              - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type
                                  is not CORS
                                rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
                              - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
                                rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
                                <= 1
                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
                                <= 1
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                    filters:
                      description: |-
                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
                        this rule.

                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
                        they are specified.

                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
                        that behavior.

                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.

                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:

                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
                          implementations.

                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
                        indicated in the filter.

                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
                        this configuration error.

                        Support: Core
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
                        properties:
                          cors:
                            description: |-
                              CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                              cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              allowCredentials:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
                                  to include credentials.

                                  The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
                                  header is true (case-sensitive).

                                  If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
                                  will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
                                  than setting its value to false.

                                  Support: Extended
                                enum:
                                - true
                                type: boolean
                              allowHeaders:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
                                  accessing the requested resource.

                                  Header names are not case sensitive.

                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                  which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.

                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
                                  is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
                                  header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
                                  client side.

                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
                                  does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
                                  client side.

                                  A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
                                  HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
                                  header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
                                  the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
                                  the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
                                  request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
                                  response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
                                  implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                    Valid values include:

                                    * "Authorization"
                                    * "Set-Cookie"

                                    Invalid values include:

                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              allowMethods:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
                                  requested resource.

                                  Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
                                  value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.

                                  Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
                                  (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)

                                  Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
                                  CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
                                  are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                  When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
                                  which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.

                                  If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
                                  is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
                                  side.

                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
                                  in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
                                  value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
                                  `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
                                  header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
                                  the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
                                  choose to add implementation-specific default methods.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  enum:
                                  - GET
                                  - HEAD
                                  - POST
                                  - PUT
                                  - DELETE
                                  - CONNECT
                                  - OPTIONS
                                  - TRACE
                                  - PATCH
                                  - '*'
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 9
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
                                    other methods
                                  rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
                              allowOrigins:
                                description: |-
                                  AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
                                  resource from the given `Origin`.

                                  The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
                                  takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.

                                  Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.

                                  Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
                                  available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
                                  assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
                                  origins. This may affect origin matching.

                                  The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
                                  wildcard characters behave as follows:

                                  * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
                                    DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
                                    `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
                                    left of its position.
                                  * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.

                                  An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
                                  from all `Origin`s are allowed.

                                  When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
                                  means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
                                  `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
                                  the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
                                  client.

                                  The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
                                  always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).

                                  If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
                                  the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
                                  cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
                                  403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
                                  the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
                                  Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.

                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.

                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
                                  in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
                                  the client.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
                                    encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
                                    scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
                                    include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
                                    IP address as the host.
                                  maxLength: 253
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              exposeHeaders:
                                description: |-
                                  ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
                                  to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.

                                  A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
                                  that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
                                  `Cache-Control`
                                  `Content-Language`
                                  `Content-Length`
                                  `Content-Type`
                                  `Expires`
                                  `Last-Modified`
                                  `Pragma`
                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.

                                  When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
                                  this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
                                  client.

                                  Header names are not case sensitive.

                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").

                                  A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
                                  to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
                                  use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
                                  unspecified.

                                  Support: Extended
                                items:
                                  description: |-
                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.

                                    Valid values include:

                                    * "Authorization"
                                    * "Set-Cookie"

                                    Invalid values include:

                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 64
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              maxAge:
                                default: 5
                                description: |-
                                  MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
                                  results of a "preflight" request.

                                  The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
                                  client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.

                                  The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
                                  (seconds).
                                format: int32
                                minimum: 1
                                type: integer
                            type: object
                          extensionRef:
                            description: |-
                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
                              extended filters.

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.

                              Support: Implementation-specific
                            properties:
                              group:
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - group
                            - kind
                            - name
                            type: object
                          requestHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
                              headers.

                              Support: Core
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          requestMirror:
                            description: |-
                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
                              that destination are ignored.

                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
                              backends.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              backendRef:
                                description: |-
                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.

                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
                                  within this BackendRef.

                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.

                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
                                  underlying implementation.

                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.

                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service

                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    default: ""
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    default: Service
                                    description: |-
                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                                      "Service".

                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                                      support ExternalName Services.

                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  port:
                                    description: |-
                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                                      resource or this field.
                                    format: int32
                                    maximum: 65535
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - name
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
                              fraction:
                                description: |-
                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef.

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                properties:
                                  denominator:
                                    default: 100
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 1
                                    type: integer
                                  numerator:
                                    format: int32
                                    minimum: 0
                                    type: integer
                                required:
                                - numerator
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
                                    denominator
                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
                              percent:
                                description: |-
                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).

                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
                                format: int32
                                maximum: 100
                                minimum: 0
                                type: integer
                            required:
                            - backendRef
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
                          requestRedirect:
                            description: |-
                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
                              request with an HTTP redirection.

                              Support: Core
                            properties:
                              hostname:
                                description: |-
                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                  header in the response.
                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.

                                  Support: Core
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              path:
                                description: |-
                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.

                                  Support: Extended
                                properties:
                                  replaceFullPath:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  replacePrefixMatch:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  type:
                                    description: |-
                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                      added in a future release of the API.

                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                    enum:
                                    - ReplaceFullPath
                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - type
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
                                    is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                              port:
                                description: |-
                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
                                  header in the response.

                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
                                  following rules:

                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
                                    Listener port.

                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
                                  header in the following cases:

                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.

                                  Support: Extended
                                format: int32
                                maximum: 65535
                                minimum: 1
                                type: integer
                              scheme:
                                description: |-
                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.

                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.

                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                  Support: Extended
                                enum:
                                - http
                                - https
                                type: string
                              statusCode:
                                default: 302
                                description: |-
                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.

                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.

                                  Support: Core
                                enum:
                                - 301
                                - 302
                                type: integer
                            type: object
                          responseHeaderModifier:
                            description: |-
                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
                              headers.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              add:
                                description: |-
                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
                                  with the header name.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    add:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar,baz"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                              remove:
                                description: |-
                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
                                  names are case-insensitive (see
                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header1: foo
                                    my-header2: bar
                                    my-header3: baz

                                  Config:
                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header2: bar
                                items:
                                  type: string
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
                              set:
                                description: |-
                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
                                  before the action.

                                  Input:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: foo

                                  Config:
                                    set:
                                    - name: "my-header"
                                      value: "bar"

                                  Output:
                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
                                    my-header: bar
                                items:
                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
                                  properties:
                                    name:
                                      description: |-
                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                        equivalent.
                                      maxLength: 256
                                      minLength: 1
                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                      type: string
                                    value:
                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
                                        to be matched.
                                      maxLength: 4096
                                      minLength: 1
                                      type: string
                                  required:
                                  - name
                                  - value
                                  type: object
                                maxItems: 16
                                type: array
                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                                - name
                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                            type: object
                          type:
                            description: |-
                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
                              types are classified into three conformance levels:

                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
                                implementations must support core filters.

                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
                                are encouraged to support extended filters.

                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
                                specific vendors.
                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.

                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.

                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.

                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                            enum:
                            - RequestHeaderModifier
                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
                            - RequestMirror
                            - RequestRedirect
                            - URLRewrite
                            - ExtensionRef
                            - CORS
                            type: string
                          urlRewrite:
                            description: |-
                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.

                              Support: Extended
                            properties:
                              hostname:
                                description: |-
                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
                                  forwarding.

                                  Support: Extended
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              path:
                                description: |-
                                  Path defines a path rewrite.

                                  Support: Extended
                                properties:
                                  replaceFullPath:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  replacePrefixMatch:
                                    description: |-
                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".

                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.

                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.

                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
                                    maxLength: 1024
                                    type: string
                                  type:
                                    description: |-
                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
                                      added in a future release of the API.

                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.

                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
                                    enum:
                                    - ReplaceFullPath
                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - type
                                type: object
                                x-kubernetes-validations:
                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
                                    is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
                                    : true'
                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
                            type: object
                        required:
                        - type
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not RequestMirror
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not RequestRedirect
                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not URLRewrite
                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
                            is not ExtensionRef
                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
                            filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
                        - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not
                            CORS
                          rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
                        - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
                          rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
                      maxItems: 16
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
                          <= 1
                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
                          1
                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
                    matches:
                      default:
                      - path:
                          type: PathPrefix
                          value: /
                      description: |-
                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.

                        For example, take the following matches configuration:

                        ```
                        matches:
                        - path:
                            value: "/foo"
                          headers:
                          - name: "version"
                            value: "v2"
                        - path:
                            value: "/v2/foo"
                        ```

                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
                        EITHER of the two conditions:

                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`

                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.

                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
                        HTTP request.

                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
                        given to the match having:

                        * "Exact" path match.
                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
                        * Method match.
                        * Largest number of header matches.
                        * Largest number of query param matches.

                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.

                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:

                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
                          "{namespace}/{name}".

                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
                        criteria.

                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
                      items:
                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
                        properties:
                          headers:
                            description: |-
                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
                              to select the route.
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
                                headers.
                              properties:
                                name:
                                  description: |-
                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).

                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
                                    equivalent.

                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                type:
                                  default: Exact
                                  description: |-
                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.

                                    Support: Core (Exact)

                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)

                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
                                    determine the supported dialect.
                                  enum:
                                  - Exact
                                  - RegularExpression
                                  type: string
                                value:
                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
                                    be matched.
                                  maxLength: 4096
                                  minLength: 1
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - name
                              - value
                              type: object
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                            - name
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                          method:
                            description: |-
                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
                              specified method.

                              Support: Extended
                            enum:
                            - GET
                            - HEAD
                            - POST
                            - PUT
                            - DELETE
                            - CONNECT
                            - OPTIONS
                            - TRACE
                            - PATCH
                            type: string
                          path:
                            default:
                              type: PathPrefix
                              value: /
                            description: |-
                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
                            properties:
                              type:
                                default: PathPrefix
                                description: |-
                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.

                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)

                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
                                enum:
                                - Exact
                                - PathPrefix
                                - RegularExpression
                                type: string
                              value:
                                default: /
                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
                                maxLength: 1024
                                type: string
                            type: object
                            x-kubernetes-validations:
                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
                                : true'
                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
                                'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
                                : true'
                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
                                'RegularExpression']
                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
                                == 'RegularExpression'
                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
                                : true'
                          queryParams:
                            description: |-
                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
                              specified query parameters to select the route.

                              Support: Extended
                            items:
                              description: |-
                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
                                query parameters.
                              properties:
                                name:
                                  description: |-
                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
                                    exact string match. (See
                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).

                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.

                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
                                    the Gateway API.

                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
                                  maxLength: 256
                                  minLength: 1
                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
                                  type: string
                                type:
                                  default: Exact
                                  description: |-
                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.

                                    Support: Extended (Exact)

                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)

                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
                                  enum:
                                  - Exact
                                  - RegularExpression
                                  type: string
                                value:
                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
                                    to be matched.
                                  maxLength: 1024
                                  minLength: 1
                                  type: string
                              required:
                              - name
                              - value
                              type: object
                            maxItems: 16
                            type: array
                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                            - name
                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 64
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    retry:
                      description: |-
                        Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        attempts:
                          description: |-
                            Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request
                            from the gateway to a backend should be retried.

                            If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful
                            response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error.

                            When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry
                            a backend request is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          type: integer
                        backoff:
                          description: |-
                            Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between
                            retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting.

                            For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value
                            `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately
                            100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured
                            to be retryable.

                            An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy
                            for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to
                            some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary
                            jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are
                            not retried before the configured minimum duration.

                            If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the
                            route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts
                            MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are
                            still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached,
                            these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately
                            return a timeout error.

                            If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is
                            configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured
                            BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if
                            possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff
                            duration before attempting to retry the backend request again.

                            If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry
                            attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY
                            remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation
                            default duration for total request time is reached.

                            When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts
                            is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        codes:
                          description: |-
                            Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request
                            should be retried.

                            Support: Extended
                          items:
                            description: |-
                              HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for
                              which a backend request should be retried.

                              Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable:

                              * 500
                              * 502
                              * 503
                              * 504

                              Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the
                              500-599 range.

                              Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range,
                              which are often inadvisable to retry.
                            maximum: 599
                            minimum: 400
                            type: integer
                          type: array
                      type: object
                    sessionPersistence:
                      description: |-
                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
                        for the route rule.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        absoluteTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
                            session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        cookieConfig:
                          description: |-
                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
                            to cookie-based session persistence.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            lifetimeType:
                              default: Session
                              description: |-
                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
                                session ends.

                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
                                and is required.

                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
                                is optional.

                                Defaults to "Session".

                                Support: Core for "Session" type

                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
                              enum:
                              - Permanent
                              - Session
                              type: string
                          type: object
                        idleTimeout:
                          description: |-
                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        sessionName:
                          description: |-
                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxLength: 128
                          type: string
                        type:
                          default: Cookie
                          description: |-
                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
                            persistence.

                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type

                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
                          enum:
                          - Cookie
                          - Header
                          type: string
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
                          is Permanent
                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
                    timeouts:
                      description: |-
                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.

                        Support: Extended
                      properties:
                        backendRequest:
                          description: |-
                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.

                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
                            the timeout can be set.

                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.

                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                        request:
                          description: |-
                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
                            MUST return a timeout error.

                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
                            to complete.

                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
                            the timeout can be set.

                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
                            initiated by the client.

                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                          type: string
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
                          timeout
                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
                          > duration(self.request))'
                  type: object
                  x-kubernetes-validations:
                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
                      backendRefs
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
                      true'
                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
                      : true'
                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
                      be specified
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
                      : true'
                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
                      specified
                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
                    than 128
                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: false
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: ReferenceGrant
    listKind: ReferenceGrantList
    plural: referencegrants
    shortNames:
    - refgrant
    singular: referencegrant
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1beta1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are
          trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace
          as the policy.

          Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship.
          Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted
          sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within.

          All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace
          Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant.

          ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert
          which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that
          support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have
          no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access
          that the grant allowed.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant.
            properties:
              from:
                description: |-
                  From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the
                  resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered
                  to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put
                  this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and
                    kinds.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      description: |-
                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
                        support level for this field.

                        When used to permit a SecretObjectReference:

                        * Gateway

                        When used to permit a BackendObjectReference:

                        * GRPCRoute
                        * HTTPRoute
                        * TCPRoute
                        * TLSRoute
                        * UDPRoute
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - group
                  - kind
                  - namespace
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
              to:
                description: |-
                  To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources
                  described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an
                  additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another
                  way, entries MUST be combined using OR.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the
                    references.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      description: |-
                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
                        support level for this field:

                        * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference
                        * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy
                        refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local
                        namespace.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - group
                  - kind
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
            required:
            - from
            - to
            type: object
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: tcproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: TCPRoute
    listKind: TCPRouteList
    plural: tcproutes
    singular: tcproute
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha2
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          TCPRoute provides a way to route TCP requests. When combined with a Gateway
          listener, it can be used to forward connections on the port specified by the
          listener to a set of backends specified by the TCPRoute.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of TCPRoute.
            properties:
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                description: Rules are a list of TCP matchers and actions.
                items:
                  description: TCPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a
                        Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively
                        reject connection attempts to this backend. Connection rejections must
                        respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of
                        connections, then 80% of connections must be rejected instead.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Extended
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
                          resource.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.


                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            required:
            - rules
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of TCPRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: tlsroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: TLSRoute
    listKind: TLSRouteList
    plural: tlsroutes
    singular: tlsroute
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha2
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          The TLSRoute resource is similar to TCPRoute, but can be configured
          to match against TLS-specific metadata. This allows more flexibility
          in matching streams for a given TLS listener.

          If you need to forward traffic to a single target for a TLS listener, you
          could choose to use a TCPRoute with a TLS listener.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of TLSRoute.
            properties:
              hostnames:
                description: |-
                  Hostnames defines a set of SNI names that should match against the
                  SNI attribute of TLS ClientHello message in TLS handshake. This matches
                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                  1. IPs are not allowed in SNI names per RFC 6066.
                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                     label must appear by itself as the first label.

                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and TLSRoute, there
                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the TLSRoute to be
                  attached to the Listener. For example:

                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes
                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.

                  If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, any
                  TLSRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
                  TLSRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.

                  If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, and none
                  match with the criteria above, then the TLSRoute is not accepted. The
                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.

                  Support: Core
                items:
                  description: |-
                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:

                     1. IPs are not allowed.
                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
                        label must appear by itself as the first label.

                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).

                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
                  maxLength: 253
                  minLength: 1
                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                  type: string
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                description: Rules are a list of TLS matchers and actions.
                items:
                  description: TLSRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or
                        a Service with no endpoints), the rule performs no forwarding; if no
                        filters are specified that would result in a response being sent, the
                        underlying implementation must actively reject request attempts to this
                        backend, by rejecting the connection or returning a 500 status code.
                        Request rejections must respect weight; if an invalid backend is
                        requested to have 80% of requests, then 80% of requests must be rejected
                        instead.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Extended
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
                          resource.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.


                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            required:
            - rules
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of TLSRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: udproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: UDPRoute
    listKind: UDPRouteList
    plural: udproutes
    singular: udproute
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha2
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          UDPRoute provides a way to route UDP traffic. When combined with a Gateway
          listener, it can be used to forward traffic on the port specified by the
          listener to a set of backends specified by the UDPRoute.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of UDPRoute.
            properties:
              parentRefs:
                description: |-
                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
                  Route.

                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                  resources.

                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:

                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.

                  Some examples:

                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
                    object must also set `port`.
                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.

                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
                  merged.

                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.


                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                  any namespace to the Service.

                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                  ParentRef of the Route.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
                    with "Core" support:

                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
                    resources.

                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                      description: |-
                        Group is the group of the referent.
                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      default: Gateway
                      description: |-
                        Kind is kind of the referent.

                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the referent.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                    namespace:
                      description: |-
                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                        to the local namespace of the Route.

                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                        any namespace to the Service.

                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                        ParentRef of the Route.


                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                        differently based on the type of parent resource.

                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                        must match both specified values.


                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                        document how/if Port is interpreted.

                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Extended
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    sectionName:
                      description: |-
                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.
                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                        both specified values.

                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                        interpreted.

                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                        Support: Core
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
                    2 or more references to the same parent
                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
                    == p2.port))))
              rules:
                description: Rules are a list of UDP matchers and actions.
                items:
                  description: UDPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
                  properties:
                    backendRefs:
                      description: |-
                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a
                        Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively
                        reject connection attempts to this backend. Packet drops must
                        respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of
                        the packets, then 80% of packets must be dropped instead.

                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service

                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport

                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource

                        Support for weight: Extended
                      items:
                        description: |-
                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
                          resource.

                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                          documentation for details.


                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.

                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.

                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.

                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.


                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: ""
                            description: |-
                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            default: Service
                            description: |-
                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
                              "Service".

                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.

                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
                              support ExternalName Services.

                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)

                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          name:
                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
                            maxLength: 253
                            minLength: 1
                            type: string
                          namespace:
                            description: |-
                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
                              namespace is inferred.

                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                              documentation for details.

                              Support: Core
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                          port:
                            description: |-
                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
                              resource or this field.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 65535
                            minimum: 1
                            type: integer
                          weight:
                            default: 1
                            description: |-
                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
                              weights does not need to equal 100.

                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
                              defaults to 1.

                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
                            format: int32
                            maximum: 1000000
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                        required:
                        - name
                        type: object
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
                            ? has(self.port) : true'
                      maxItems: 16
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.

                        Support: Extended
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
                    && l1.name == l2.name))
            required:
            - rules
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of UDPRoute.
            properties:
              parents:
                description: |-
                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
                  route or gateway is modified.

                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
                  responsible for.

                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Parent.
                  properties:
                    conditions:
                      description: |-
                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
                        status conditions and listener status.

                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
                        Gateway, and why.

                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.

                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:

                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                    parentRef:
                      description: |-
                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                  required:
                  - controllerName
                  - parentRef
                  type: object
                maxItems: 32
                type: array
            required:
            - parents
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  labels:
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct
  name: xbackendtrafficpolicies.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: XBackendTrafficPolicy
    listKind: XBackendTrafficPolicyList
    plural: xbackendtrafficpolicies
    shortNames:
    - xbtrafficpolicy
    singular: xbackendtrafficpolicy
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          XBackendTrafficPolicy defines the configuration for how traffic to a
          target backend should be handled.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTrafficPolicy.
            properties:
              retryConstraint:
                description: |-
                  RetryConstraint defines the configuration for when to allow or prevent
                  further retries to a target backend, by dynamically calculating a 'retry
                  budget'. This budget is calculated based on the percentage of incoming
                  traffic composed of retries over a given time interval. Once the budget
                  is exceeded, additional retries will be rejected.

                  For example, if the retry budget interval is 10 seconds, there have been
                  1000 active requests in the past 10 seconds, and the allowed percentage
                  of requests that can be retried is 20% (the default), then 200 of those
                  requests may be composed of retries. Active requests will only be
                  considered for the duration of the interval when calculating the retry
                  budget. Retrying the same original request multiple times within the
                  retry budget interval will lead to each retry being counted towards
                  calculating the budget.

                  Configuring a RetryConstraint in BackendTrafficPolicy is compatible with
                  HTTPRoute Retry settings for each HTTPRouteRule that targets the same
                  backend. While the HTTPRouteRule Retry stanza can specify whether a
                  request will be retried, and the number of retry attempts each client
                  may perform, RetryConstraint helps prevent cascading failures such as
                  retry storms during periods of consistent failures.

                  After the retry budget has been exceeded, additional retries to the
                  backend MUST return a 503 response to the client.

                  Additional configurations for defining a constraint on retries MAY be
                  defined in the future.

                  Support: Extended
                properties:
                  budget:
                    default:
                      interval: 10s
                      percent: 20
                    description: Budget holds the details of the retry budget configuration.
                    properties:
                      interval:
                        default: 10s
                        description: |-
                          Interval defines the duration in which requests will be considered
                          for calculating the budget for retries.

                          Support: Extended
                        pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                        type: string
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: interval can not be greater than one hour or less
                            than one second
                          rule: '!(duration(self) < duration(''1s'') || duration(self)
                            > duration(''1h''))'
                      percent:
                        default: 20
                        description: |-
                          Percent defines the maximum percentage of active requests that may
                          be made up of retries.

                          Support: Extended
                        maximum: 100
                        minimum: 0
                        type: integer
                    type: object
                  minRetryRate:
                    default:
                      count: 10
                      interval: 1s
                    description: |-
                      MinRetryRate defines the minimum rate of retries that will be allowable
                      over a specified duration of time.

                      The effective overall minimum rate of retries targeting the backend
                      service may be much higher, as there can be any number of clients which
                      are applying this setting locally.

                      This ensures that requests can still be retried during periods of low
                      traffic, where the budget for retries may be calculated as a very low
                      value.

                      Support: Extended
                    properties:
                      count:
                        description: |-
                          Count specifies the number of requests per time interval.

                          Support: Extended
                        maximum: 1000000
                        minimum: 1
                        type: integer
                      interval:
                        description: |-
                          Interval specifies the divisor of the rate of requests, the amount of
                          time during which the given count of requests occur.

                          Support: Extended
                        pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                        type: string
                        x-kubernetes-validations:
                        - message: interval can not be greater than one hour
                          rule: '!(duration(self) == duration(''0s'') || duration(self)
                            > duration(''1h''))'
                    type: object
                type: object
              sessionPersistence:
                description: |-
                  SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
                  for the backend.

                  Support: Extended
                properties:
                  absoluteTimeout:
                    description: |-
                      AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
                      session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
                      session becomes invalid.

                      Support: Extended
                    pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                    type: string
                  cookieConfig:
                    description: |-
                      CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
                      to cookie-based session persistence.

                      Support: Core
                    properties:
                      lifetimeType:
                        default: Session
                        description: |-
                          LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
                          session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
                          specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
                          attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
                          session ends.

                          When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                          cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
                          and is required.

                          When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
                          absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
                          is optional.

                          Defaults to "Session".

                          Support: Core for "Session" type

                          Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
                        enum:
                        - Permanent
                        - Session
                        type: string
                    type: object
                  idleTimeout:
                    description: |-
                      IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
                      Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
                      IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.

                      Support: Extended
                    pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
                    type: string
                  sessionName:
                    description: |-
                      SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
                      which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
                      should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
                      consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.

                      Support: Implementation-specific
                    maxLength: 128
                    type: string
                  type:
                    default: Cookie
                    description: |-
                      Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
                      the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
                      persistence.

                      Support: Core for "Cookie" type

                      Support: Extended for "Header" type
                    enum:
                    - Cookie
                    - Header
                    type: string
                type: object
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
                    is Permanent
                  rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
                    || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
              targetRefs:
                description: |-
                  TargetRefs identifies API object(s) to apply this policy to.
                  Currently, Backends (A grouping of like endpoints such as Service,
                  ServiceImport, or any implementation-specific backendRef) are the only
                  valid API target references.

                  Currently, a TargetRef can not be scoped to a specific port on a
                  Service.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    LocalPolicyTargetReference identifies an API object to apply a direct or
                    inherited policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources
                    that can target Gateway API resources. For more information on how this
                    policy attachment model works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to
                    the policy attachment documentation for Gateway API.
                  properties:
                    group:
                      description: Group is the group of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 253
                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    kind:
                      description: Kind is kind of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 63
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: Name is the name of the target resource.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - group
                  - kind
                  - name
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - group
                - kind
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            required:
            - targetRefs
            type: object
          status:
            description: Status defines the current state of BackendTrafficPolicy.
            properties:
              ancestors:
                description: |-
                  Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are
                  associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to
                  each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that
                  manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when
                  the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as
                  appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified.

                  Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers;
                  an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at
                  which to namespace this status.

                  Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for
                  the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST
                  use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list
                  that they are responsible for.

                  Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs
                  MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef
                  and ControllerName fields combined.

                  A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list
                  means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors.

                  If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries.
                  Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that
                  on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced
                  here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no
                  additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by
                  the BackendTLSPolicy.
                items:
                  description: |-
                    PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
                    associated Ancestor.

                    Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it
                    in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the
                    Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and
                    the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most
                    useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations
                    SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers
                    have a _very_ good reason otherwise.

                    In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which
                    resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy
                    targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway.

                    Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the
                    ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same
                    Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying
                    implementations.

                    For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is
                    used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway.
                    In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the
                    ancestor object referred to in this status.

                    Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the
                    relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used.

                    This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map,
                    with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName.
                  properties:
                    ancestorRef:
                      description: |-
                        AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
                        PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of.
                      properties:
                        group:
                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                          description: |-
                            Group is the group of the referent.
                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                        kind:
                          default: Gateway
                          description: |-
                            Kind is kind of the referent.

                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:

                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)

                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        name:
                          description: |-
                            Name is the name of the referent.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          type: string
                        namespace:
                          description: |-
                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
                            to the local namespace of the Route.

                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.


                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
                            any namespace to the Service.

                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
                            ParentRef of the Route.


                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 63
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                          type: string
                        port:
                          description: |-
                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
                            differently based on the type of parent resource.

                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
                            must match both specified values.


                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.


                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
                            document how/if Port is interpreted.

                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Extended
                          format: int32
                          maximum: 65535
                          minimum: 1
                          type: integer
                        sectionName:
                          description: |-
                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:

                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.
                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
                            both specified values.

                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
                            interpreted.

                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.

                            Support: Core
                          maxLength: 253
                          minLength: 1
                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                          type: string
                      required:
                      - name
                      type: object
                    conditions:
                      description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with
                        respect to the given Ancestor.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      minItems: 1
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    controllerName:
                      description: |-
                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.

                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".

                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
                        valid Kubernetes names
                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).

                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
                        longer necessary.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - ancestorRef
                  - controllerName
                  type: object
                maxItems: 16
                type: array
            required:
            - ancestors
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
---
#
# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml
#
apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
kind: CustomResourceDefinition
metadata:
  annotations:
    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: xlistenersets.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
spec:
  group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
  names:
    categories:
    - gateway-api
    kind: XListenerSet
    listKind: XListenerSetList
    plural: xlistenersets
    shortNames:
    - lset
    singular: xlistenerset
  scope: Namespaced
  versions:
  - additionalPrinterColumns:
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
      name: Accepted
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
      name: Programmed
      type: string
    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
      name: Age
      type: date
    name: v1alpha1
    schema:
      openAPIV3Schema:
        description: |-
          XListenerSet defines a set of additional listeners
          to attach to an existing Gateway.
        properties:
          apiVersion:
            description: |-
              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
              may reject unrecognized values.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
            type: string
          kind:
            description: |-
              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
              Cannot be updated.
              In CamelCase.
              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
            type: string
          metadata:
            type: object
          spec:
            description: Spec defines the desired state of ListenerSet.
            properties:
              listeners:
                description: |-
                  Listeners associated with this ListenerSet. Listeners define
                  logical endpoints that are bound on this referenced parent Gateway's addresses.

                  Listeners in a `Gateway` and their attached `ListenerSets` are concatenated
                  as a list when programming the underlying infrastructure. Each listener
                  name does not need to be unique across the Gateway and ListenerSets.
                  See ListenerEntry.Name for more details.

                  Implementations MUST treat the parent Gateway as having the merged
                  list of all listeners from itself and attached ListenerSets using
                  the following precedence:

                  1. "parent" Gateway
                  2. ListenerSet ordered by creation time (oldest first)
                  3. ListenerSet ordered alphabetically by “{namespace}/{name}”.

                  An implementation MAY reject listeners by setting the ListenerEntryStatus
                  `Accepted`` condition to False with the Reason `TooManyListeners`

                  If a listener has a conflict, this will be reported in the
                  Status.ListenerEntryStatus setting the `Conflicted` condition to True.

                  Implementations SHOULD be cautious about what information from the
                  parent or siblings are reported to avoid accidentally leaking
                  sensitive information that the child would not otherwise have access
                  to. This can include contents of secrets etc.
                items:
                  properties:
                    allowedRoutes:
                      default:
                        namespaces:
                          from: Same
                      description: |-
                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
                        present.

                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
                        determined in order of the following criteria:

                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.

                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
                      properties:
                        kinds:
                          description: |-
                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.

                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.

                            Support: Core
                          items:
                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
                              of a Route resource.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - kind
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 8
                          type: array
                        namespaces:
                          default:
                            from: Same
                          description: |-
                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.

                            Support: Core
                          properties:
                            from:
                              default: Same
                              description: |-
                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
                                values are:

                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
                                  this Gateway.
                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.

                                Support: Core
                              enum:
                              - All
                              - Selector
                              - Same
                              type: string
                            selector:
                              description: |-
                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".

                                Support: Core
                              properties:
                                matchExpressions:
                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
                                  items:
                                    description: |-
                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
                                      relates the key and values.
                                    properties:
                                      key:
                                        description: key is the label key that the
                                          selector applies to.
                                        type: string
                                      operator:
                                        description: |-
                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
                                        type: string
                                      values:
                                        description: |-
                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
                                          merge patch.
                                        items:
                                          type: string
                                        type: array
                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                    required:
                                    - key
                                    - operator
                                    type: object
                                  type: array
                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
                                matchLabels:
                                  additionalProperties:
                                    type: string
                                  description: |-
                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
                                  type: object
                              type: object
                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
                          type: object
                      type: object
                    hostname:
                      description: |-
                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
                        matching.

                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
                        the following protocols:

                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP
                          protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not
                          ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname,
                          it MUST clearly document that.

                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
                        documentation.

                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    name:
                      description: |-
                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
                        ListenerSet.

                        Name is not required to be unique across a Gateway and ListenerSets.
                        Routes can attach to a Listener by having a ListenerSet as a parentRef
                        and setting the SectionName
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: |-
                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    protocol:
                      description: Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener
                        expects to receive.
                      maxLength: 255
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
                      type: string
                    tls:
                      description: |-
                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".

                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.

                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
                      properties:
                        certificateRefs:
                          description: |-
                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
                            associated listener.

                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.

                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.

                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.

                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls

                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
                          items:
                            description: |-
                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
                              defaulting to Secret.

                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                              on the containing object.
                            properties:
                              group:
                                default: ""
                                description: |-
                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                maxLength: 253
                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                type: string
                              kind:
                                default: Secret
                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
                                  "Secret".
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                              name:
                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                maxLength: 253
                                minLength: 1
                                type: string
                              namespace:
                                description: |-
                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                  namespace is inferred.

                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                  documentation for details.

                                  Support: Core
                                maxLength: 63
                                minLength: 1
                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                type: string
                            required:
                            - name
                            type: object
                          maxItems: 64
                          type: array
                        frontendValidation:
                          description: |-
                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.

                            Support: Extended
                          properties:
                            caCertificateRefs:
                              description: |-
                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.

                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                has "Core" support.
                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.

                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.

                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
                                of resources).

                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
                              items:
                                description: |-
                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.

                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.

                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
                                  on the containing object.
                                properties:
                                  group:
                                    description: |-
                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                                    type: string
                                  kind:
                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                  name:
                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                                    maxLength: 253
                                    minLength: 1
                                    type: string
                                  namespace:
                                    description: |-
                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
                                      namespace is inferred.

                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
                                      documentation for details.

                                      Support: Core
                                    maxLength: 63
                                    minLength: 1
                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                                    type: string
                                required:
                                - group
                                - kind
                                - name
                                type: object
                              maxItems: 8
                              minItems: 1
                              type: array
                          type: object
                        mode:
                          default: Terminate
                          description: |-
                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
                            There are two possible modes:

                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
                              field.
                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
                              is ignored in this mode.

                            Support: Core
                          enum:
                          - Terminate
                          - Passthrough
                          type: string
                        options:
                          additionalProperties:
                            description: |-
                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
                            maxLength: 4096
                            minLength: 0
                            type: string
                          description: |-
                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.

                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.

                            Support: Implementation-specific
                          maxProperties: 16
                          type: object
                      type: object
                      x-kubernetes-validations:
                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
                          mode is Terminate
                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
                  required:
                  - name
                  - port
                  - protocol
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                minItems: 1
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                x-kubernetes-validations:
                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
                    'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
                    for each listener
                  rule: 'self.all(l1, !has(l1.port) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.port)
                    && l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname)
                    && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname)
                    && !has(l2.hostname))))'
              parentRef:
                description: ParentRef references the Gateway that the listeners are
                  attached to.
                properties:
                  group:
                    default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                    type: string
                  kind:
                    default: Gateway
                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Gateway".
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                  name:
                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
                    maxLength: 253
                    minLength: 1
                    type: string
                  namespace:
                    description: |-
                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.  If not present,
                      the namespace of the referent is assumed to be the same as
                      the namespace of the referring object.
                    maxLength: 63
                    minLength: 1
                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
                    type: string
                required:
                - name
                type: object
            required:
            - listeners
            - parentRef
            type: object
          status:
            default:
              conditions:
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Accepted
              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                message: Waiting for controller
                reason: Pending
                status: Unknown
                type: Programmed
            description: Status defines the current state of ListenerSet.
            properties:
              conditions:
                default:
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Accepted
                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
                  message: Waiting for controller
                  reason: Pending
                  status: Unknown
                  type: Programmed
                description: |-
                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the ListenerSet.

                  Implementations MUST express ListenerSet conditions using the
                  `ListenerSetConditionType` and `ListenerSetConditionReason`
                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
                  vocabulary to describe ListenerSet state.

                  Known condition types are:

                  * "Accepted"
                  * "Programmed"
                items:
                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
                    state of this API Resource.
                  properties:
                    lastTransitionTime:
                      description: |-
                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                      format: date-time
                      type: string
                    message:
                      description: |-
                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                        This may be an empty string.
                      maxLength: 32768
                      type: string
                    observedGeneration:
                      description: |-
                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
                      format: int64
                      minimum: 0
                      type: integer
                    reason:
                      description: |-
                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
                        This field may not be empty.
                      maxLength: 1024
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                      type: string
                    status:
                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
                      enum:
                      - "True"
                      - "False"
                      - Unknown
                      type: string
                    type:
                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                      maxLength: 316
                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                      type: string
                  required:
                  - lastTransitionTime
                  - message
                  - reason
                  - status
                  - type
                  type: object
                maxItems: 8
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - type
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
              listeners:
                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
                  defined in the Spec.
                items:
                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
                  properties:
                    attachedRoutes:
                      description: |-
                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
                        successfully attached to this Listener.

                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.

                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
                      format: int32
                      type: integer
                    conditions:
                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
                        listener.
                      items:
                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
                          the current state of this API Resource.
                        properties:
                          lastTransitionTime:
                            description: |-
                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
                            format: date-time
                            type: string
                          message:
                            description: |-
                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
                              This may be an empty string.
                            maxLength: 32768
                            type: string
                          observedGeneration:
                            description: |-
                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
                            format: int64
                            minimum: 0
                            type: integer
                          reason:
                            description: |-
                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
                              This field may not be empty.
                            maxLength: 1024
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
                            type: string
                          status:
                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
                              Unknown.
                            enum:
                            - "True"
                            - "False"
                            - Unknown
                            type: string
                          type:
                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
                            maxLength: 316
                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - lastTransitionTime
                        - message
                        - reason
                        - status
                        - type
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                      - type
                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
                    name:
                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
                        corresponds to.
                      maxLength: 253
                      minLength: 1
                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                      type: string
                    port:
                      description: Port is the network port the listener is configured
                        to listen on.
                      format: int32
                      maximum: 65535
                      minimum: 1
                      type: integer
                    supportedKinds:
                      description: |-
                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
                        that Listener configuration.

                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
                      items:
                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
                          a Route resource.
                        properties:
                          group:
                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
                            maxLength: 253
                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
                            type: string
                          kind:
                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
                            maxLength: 63
                            minLength: 1
                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
                            type: string
                        required:
                        - kind
                        type: object
                      maxItems: 8
                      type: array
                  required:
                  - attachedRoutes
                  - conditions
                  - name
                  - port
                  - supportedKinds
                  type: object
                maxItems: 64
                type: array
                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
                - name
                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
            type: object
        required:
        - spec
        type: object
    served: true
    storage: true
    subresources:
      status: {}
status:
  acceptedNames:
    kind: ""
    plural: ""
  conditions: null
  storedVersions: null
